blob: f2ff6b6101ee357ef2c2a460a5603d4d1c5f41e8 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000021#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000022#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000024#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
25#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000030using namespace clang;
31
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000032
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000033/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
34/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
35///
36/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
37/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
38/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
39/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
40/// function is being used.
41///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000042/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
43/// decls.
44///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
46/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000047///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000048bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000049 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000050 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000051 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000052 }
53
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000054 // See if the decl is unavailable
55 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
56 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
57 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
58 }
59
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000060 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000061 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
63 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
64 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
65 return true;
66 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000067 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000068
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070}
71
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000072/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000073/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
75///
76void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000077 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000078 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000080 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
82 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000083
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000084 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
85 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000087 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
88 int isMethod = 0;
89 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
90 // skip over named parameters.
91 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
92 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
93 if (nullPos)
94 --nullPos;
95 else
96 ++i;
97 }
98 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
99 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000100 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000101 // skip over named parameters.
102 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
103 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
104 if (nullPos)
105 --nullPos;
106 else
107 ++i;
108 }
109 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000110 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000111 // block or function pointer call.
112 QualType Ty = V->getType();
113 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000114 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000115 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
116 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000117 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
118 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
119 unsigned k;
120 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
121 if (nullPos)
122 --nullPos;
123 else
124 ++i;
125 }
126 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
127 }
128 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
129 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000133 return;
134
135 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000136 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000137 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 return;
139 }
140 int sentinel = i;
141 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
142 --sentinelPos;
143 ++i;
144 }
145 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000147 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000148 return;
149 }
150 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
151 ++i;
152 ++sentinel;
153 }
154 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
155 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000156 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
157 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000158 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000159 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 }
161 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000162}
163
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000164SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
165 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
166 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
167}
168
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000169//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
170// Standard Promotions and Conversions
171//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
172
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000173/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
174void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
175 QualType Ty = E->getType();
176 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
177
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000178 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000179 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000180 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000181 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
182 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
183 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
184 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
185 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
186 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
187 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000188 //
189 // C++ 4.2p1:
190 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
191 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
192 //
193 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
194 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000195 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
196 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000197 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000198}
199
200/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000201/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000202/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
203/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
204/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
205Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
206 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000208
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000209 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
210 //
211 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
212 // unsigned int may be used:
213 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
214 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
215 // and unsigned int.
216 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
217 //
218 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
219 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
220 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
221 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000222 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
223 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000224 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000225 return Expr;
226 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000227 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000228 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000229 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000230 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000231 }
232
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000233 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000234 return Expr;
235}
236
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000237/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000238/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000239/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
240void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
241 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
242 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000243
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000244 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000245 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000246 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000247 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
248 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000249
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000250 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
251}
252
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000253/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
254/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
255/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
256/// completely illegal.
257bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000258 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000259
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000260 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
261 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
262 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
263 << Expr->getType() << CT;
264 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000265 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000266
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000267 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
268 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
269 << Expr->getType() << CT;
270
271 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000272}
273
274
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000275/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
276/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000277/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
279/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
280/// GCC.
281QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
282 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000283 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000284 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000285
286 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000287
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000288 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000289 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000290 QualType lhs =
291 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000292 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000293 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000294
295 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
296 if (lhs == rhs)
297 return lhs;
298
299 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
300 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
301 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
302 return lhs;
303
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000304 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000305 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000306 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
307 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000308 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000309 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
310 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
311
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000312 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000313 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000314 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
315 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000316 return destType;
317}
318
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000319//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
320// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
321//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
322
323
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000324/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000325/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
326/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
327/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
328/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000329///
330Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000331Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000332 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
333
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000334 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000335 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000336 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000337
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000338 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000339 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
340 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000341
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000342 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000343 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000344 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000345
346 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
347 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
348 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000349
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000350 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
351 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
352 // strings.
353 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000354 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000355 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000356
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000357 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000358 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000359 Literal.GetStringLength(),
360 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
361 &StringTokLocs[0],
362 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000363}
364
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000365/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
366/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
367/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
368/// for values inside the block or for globals).
369///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000370/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
371/// up-to-date.
372///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000373static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
374 ValueDecl *VD) {
375 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
376 // we wanted to.
377 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
378 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000379
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000380 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
381 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
382 return false;
383
384 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
385 // snapshot it.
386 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
387 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000388 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
389 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000390
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000391 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
392 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
393
394 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
395 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
396 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
397 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
398 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
399 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
400 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
401 // having a reference outside it.
402 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
403 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000404
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000405 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
406 // a snapshot as well.
407 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
408 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000410 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000411}
412
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000413
414
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000415/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000416Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000417Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
418 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
419 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000420 assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D));
421
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000422 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
423 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000425 << D->getDeclName();
426 return ExprError();
427 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000429 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
430 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
432 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000434 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000436 << D->getIdentifier();
437 return ExprError();
438 }
439 }
440 }
441 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000442
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000443 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
446 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
447 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
448 D, Loc,
449 Ty, TypeDependent, ValueDependent));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000450}
451
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000452/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
453/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
454/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000455static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
456 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000457 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000458 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000459
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000460 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
461 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
462 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000463 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000464 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000465 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000466 D != DEnd; ++D) {
467 if (*D == Record) {
468 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
469 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
470 ++D;
471 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000472 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000473 return *D;
474 }
475 }
476
477 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
478 return 0;
479}
480
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000481/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
482/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
483/// actual member.
484///
485/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
486/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
487/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
488/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
489/// we found.
490///
491/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
492/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
493/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
494VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
495 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000496 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
497 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
498 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
499
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000500 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000501 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
502 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
503 do {
504 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000505 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000506 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000507 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000508 else {
509 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
510 break;
511 }
512 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000513 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000514 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000515
516 return BaseObject;
517}
518
519Sema::OwningExprResult
520Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
521 FieldDecl *Field,
522 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
523 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
524 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000525 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000526 AnonFields);
527
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000528 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
529 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
530 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
531 // found via name lookup.
532 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000533 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 if (BaseObject) {
535 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
536 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000537 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000538 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000539 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000540 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000541 BaseQuals
542 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000543 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
544 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
545 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
546 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
547 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000548 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000549 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
550 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
551 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000552 BaseQuals
553 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000554 } else {
555 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
556 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
557 // program our base object expression is "this".
558 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
559 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000560 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000561 = Context.getTagDeclType(
562 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
563 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000564 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000565 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
566 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
567 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000568 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000569 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000570 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
571 }
572 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000573 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
574 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000575 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000576 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000577 }
578
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000579 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000580 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
581 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000582 }
583
584 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
585 // anonymous struct/union.
586 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000587 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000588 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
589 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
590 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
591 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000592 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
593 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
594
595 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
596 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
597 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
598 ResultQuals.removeConst();
599
600 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
601 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
602
603 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
604 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
605
606 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
607 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
608 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
609
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000610 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000611 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000612 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
613 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000615 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000616 }
617
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000618 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000619}
620
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000621Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
622 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
623 UnqualifiedId &Name,
624 bool HasTrailingLParen,
625 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
626 if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
627 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
628 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000629 Name.TemplateId->NumArgs);
630 return ActOnTemplateIdExpr(SS,
631 TemplateTy::make(Name.TemplateId->Template),
632 Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
633 Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
634 TemplateArgsPtr,
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000635 Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
636 }
637
638 // FIXME: We lose a bunch of source information by doing this. Later,
639 // we'll want to merge ActOnDeclarationNameExpr's logic into
640 // ActOnIdExpression.
641 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S,
642 Name.StartLocation,
643 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name),
644 HasTrailingLParen,
645 &SS,
646 IsAddressOfOperand);
647}
648
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000649/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
650/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
651/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
652/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
653/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000654/// this routine is called by ActOnIdExpression, which contains a
655/// parsed UnqualifiedId.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000656///
657/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
658/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
659/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
660/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000661///
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000662/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
663/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
664/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
665/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000666Sema::OwningExprResult
667Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
668 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000669 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000670 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000671 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000672 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
673 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000674
675 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
676 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
677 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
678 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000679 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000680 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +0000681 return Owned(new (Context) DependentScopeDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000682 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson03f89b12009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000683 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
684 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000685 }
686
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000687 LookupResult Lookup(*this, Name, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName);
688 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, true);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000689
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000690 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000691 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000692
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000693 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
694 // well.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000695 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
696 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000697 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
698 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000699 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
700 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000701 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000702
703 // FIXME: we should change lookup to do this.
704
705 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
706 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
707 // ivar, that's an error.
708 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
709
710 bool LookForIvars;
711 if (Lookup.empty())
712 LookForIvars = true;
713 else if (IsClassMethod)
714 LookForIvars = false;
715 else
716 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
717 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
718
719 if (LookForIvars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000720 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000721 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000722 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000723 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
724 if (IsClassMethod)
725 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
726 << IV->getDeclName());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000727
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000728 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
729 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
730 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
731 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000732
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000733 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
734 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
735 return ExprError();
736
737 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
738 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
739 ClassDeclared != IFace)
740 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
741
742 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
743 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
744 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
745 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
746 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
747 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
748 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
749 SelfName, false, false);
750 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
751 return Owned(new (Context)
752 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
753 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000754 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000755 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000756 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
757 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000758 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000759 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000760 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
761 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000762 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000763 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000764 }
Steve Naroff0d7c6db2008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000765 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000766 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000767 QualType T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000768
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000769 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000770 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
771 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000772 else
773 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000774 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000775 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000776 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000777
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000778 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
779 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000780 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Lookup, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000781
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000782 if (Lookup.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000783 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
Chris Lattner9561a0b2007-01-28 08:20:04 +0000784 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000785 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000786 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { // Not in C++.
787 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
788 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
789 } else {
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000790 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
791 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000792 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
793 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
794 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
795 << SS->getRange());
796 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000797 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000798 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
799 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000800 else
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000801 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000802 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000803 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000804
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000805 if (VarDecl *Var = Lookup.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000806 // Warn about constructs like:
807 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
808 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000809
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000810 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
811 // information to check this property.
812 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
813 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000814 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000815 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000816 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000817 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
818 << Var->getDeclName()
819 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
820 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000821 break;
822 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000823
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000824 // Move to the parent of this scope.
825 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000826 }
827 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000828 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = Lookup.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000829 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
830 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
831 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
832 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
833 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
834 // type.
835 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
836 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000837
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000838 QualType T = Func->getType();
839 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000840 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000841 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
842 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
843 }
844 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000845
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000846 // &SomeClass::foo is an abstract member reference, regardless of
847 // the nature of foo, but &SomeClass::foo(...) is not. If this is
848 // *not* an abstract member reference, and any of the results is a
849 // class member (which necessarily means they're all class members),
850 // then we make an implicit member reference instead.
851 //
852 // This check considers all the same information as the "needs ADL"
853 // check, but there's no simple logical relationship other than the
854 // fact that they can never be simultaneously true. We could
855 // calculate them both in one pass if that proves important for
856 // performance.
857 if (!ADL) {
858 bool isAbstractMemberPointer =
859 (isAddressOfOperand && !HasTrailingLParen && SS && !SS->isEmpty());
860
861 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer && !Lookup.empty() &&
862 isa<CXXRecordDecl>((*Lookup.begin())->getDeclContext())) {
863 return BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(SS, Lookup);
864 }
865 }
866
867 assert(Lookup.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue &&
868 "found UnresolvedUsingValueDecl in non-class scope");
869
870 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Lookup, ADL);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000871}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000872
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000873/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000874bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000875Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
876 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000877 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000878 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000879 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000880 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000881 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
882 return false;
883 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
884 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000885 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000886 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
887 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000888 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000889 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
890 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
891 DestRecordType,
892 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
893 From->getSourceRange()))
894 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000895 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
896 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000897 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000898 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000899}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000900
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000901/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000902static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
903 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000904 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
905 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000906 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000907 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000908 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000909 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
910 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
911 Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000912
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000913 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
914}
915
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000916/// Builds an implicit member access expression from the given
917/// unqualified lookup set, which is known to contain only class
918/// members.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000919Sema::OwningExprResult
920Sema::BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
921 LookupResult &R) {
922 NamedDecl *D = R.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000923 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000924
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000925 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
926 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000927 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000928 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
929 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000930 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000931
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000932 QualType ThisType;
933 QualType MemberType;
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000934 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) {
935 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
936 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
937 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
938 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000939
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000940 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
941 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
942 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
943 // explicitly qualified.
944 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
945 ShouldCheckUse = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000946 }
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000947
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000948 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
949 return ExprError();
950 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D, Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000951 }
952
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000953 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000954 if (!Method->isStatic())
955 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object));
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000956 }
957
958 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000959 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000960 if (MD->isStatic()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000961 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000962 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000963 << D->getDeclName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000964 return ExprError();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000965 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000966 }
967
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000968 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
969 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
970 // above.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000971 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000972 << D->getDeclName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000973 return ExprError();
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000974 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000975
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000976 // We're not in an implicit member-reference context, but the lookup
977 // results might not require an instance. Try to build a non-member
978 // decl reference.
979 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000980}
981
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000982bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
983 const LookupResult &R,
984 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000985 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
986 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
987 return false;
988
989 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
990 if (SS && SS->isSet())
991 return false;
992
993 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000994 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000995 return false;
996
997 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
998 // normal lookup:
999 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1000 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1001
1002 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1003 // -- a declaration of a class member
1004 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1005 // original decl.
1006 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
1007 return false;
1008
1009 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1010 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1011 // using-declaration
1012 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1013 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1014 // turn off ADL anyway).
1015 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1016 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1017 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1018 return false;
1019
1020 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1021 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1022 // template
1023 // And also for builtin functions.
1024 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1025 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1026
1027 // But also builtin functions.
1028 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1029 return false;
1030 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1031 return false;
1032 }
1033
1034 return true;
1035}
1036
1037
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001038/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1039/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1040/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1041/// will in fact be used.
1042static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1043 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1044 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1045 return true;
1046 }
1047
1048 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1049 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1050 return true;
1051 }
1052
1053 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1054 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1055 return true;
1056 }
1057
1058 return false;
1059}
1060
1061Sema::OwningExprResult
1062Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001063 LookupResult &R,
1064 bool NeedsADL) {
1065 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue);
1066
1067 if (!NeedsADL && !R.isOverloadedResult())
1068 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001069
1070 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1071 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1072 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001073 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1074 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001075 return ExprError();
1076
1077 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
1078 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context,
1079 SS ? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001080 SS ? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001081 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1082 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1083 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1084 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001085
1086 return Owned(ULE);
1087}
1088
1089
1090/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1091Sema::OwningExprResult
1092Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1093 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1094 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001095 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1096 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001097 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1098
1099 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1100 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001101
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001102 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001103
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001104 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1105 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1106 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1107 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001108 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001109 return ExprError();
1110
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001111 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1112 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001113 return ExprError();
1114
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001115 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1116 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1117 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1118 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001119 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001120 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1121 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1122 //
1123 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001124 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001125 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001126 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001127 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001128 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001129 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1130 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001131 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001132
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001133 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001134 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001135 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001136 }
1137 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1138 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001139
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001140 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001141 bool ValueDependent = false;
1142 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1143 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001144 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001145 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1146 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1147 TypeDependent = true;
1148 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1149 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1150 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1151 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1152 TypeDependent = true;
1153 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1154 // names a dependent type.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001155 else {
1156 for (DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001157 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001158 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001159 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1160 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1161 TypeDependent = true;
1162 break;
1163 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001164 }
1165 }
1166 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001167
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001168 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1169 //
1170 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1171 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1172 if (TypeDependent)
1173 ValueDependent = true;
1174 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1175 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1176 ValueDependent = true;
1177 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1178 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001179 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Mike Stump96638af2009-11-03 22:20:01 +00001180 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Dcl->getType()).getCVRQualifiers()
1181 == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001182 Dcl->getInit()) {
1183 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1184 }
1185 }
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001186 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001187
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001188 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1189 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001190}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001191
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001192Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1193 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001194 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001195
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001196 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001197 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001198 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1199 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1200 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001201 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001202
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001203 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1204 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001205
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001206 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1207 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001208 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001209 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001210 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001211
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001212 QualType ResTy;
1213 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1214 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1215 } else {
1216 unsigned Length =
1217 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001218
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001219 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001220 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001221 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1222 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001223 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001224}
1225
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001226Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001227 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001228 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1229 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1230 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001231
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001232 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1233 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1234 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001235 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001236
1237 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1238
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001239 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1240 Literal.isWide(),
1241 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001242}
1243
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001244Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1245 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001246 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1247 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001248 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001249 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001250 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001251 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001252 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001253
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001254 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001255 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1256 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001257 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001258
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001259 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001260 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001261
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001262 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001263 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001264 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001265 return ExprError();
1266
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001267 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001268
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001269 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001270 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001271 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001272 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001273 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001274 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001275 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001276 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001277
1278 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1279
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001280 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1281 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001282 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1283 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001284
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001285 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001286 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001287 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001288 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001289
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001290 // long long is a C99 feature.
1291 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001292 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001293 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1294
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001295 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001296 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001297
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001298 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1299 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1300 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001301 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1302 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001303 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001304 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001305 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1306 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001307
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001308 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1309 // be an unsigned int.
1310 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1311
1312 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001313 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001314 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1315 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001316 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001317
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001318 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1319 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1320 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1321 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001322 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001323 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001324 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001325 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001326 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001327 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001328
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001329 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001330 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001331 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001332
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001333 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1334 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1335 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1336 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001337 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001338 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001339 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001340 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001341 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001342 }
1343
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001344 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001345 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001346 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001347
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001348 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1349 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1350 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1351 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001352 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001353 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001354 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001355 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001356 }
1357 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001358
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001359 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1360 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001361 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001362 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001363 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001364 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001365 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001366
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001367 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1368 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001369 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001370 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001371 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001372
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001373 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1374 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001375 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001376 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001377
1378 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001379}
1380
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001381Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1382 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001383 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001384 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001385 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001386}
1387
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001388/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001389/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001390bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001391 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1392 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1393 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001394 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1395 return false;
1396
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001397 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001398 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001399 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001400 if (isSizeof)
1401 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1402 return false;
1403 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001404
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001405 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001406 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001407 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1408 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001409 return false;
1410 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001411
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001412 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001413 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001414 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1415 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001416 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001417
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001418 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001419 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001420 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001421 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1422 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001423 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001424
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001425 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001426}
1427
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001428bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1429 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1430 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001431
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001432 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001433 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1434 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001435
1436 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1437 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1438 return false;
1439
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001440 if (E->getBitField()) {
1441 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1442 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001443 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001444
1445 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1446 // bit-field.
1447 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001448 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001449 return false;
1450
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001451 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1452}
1453
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001454/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001455Action::OwningExprResult
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001456Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,
1457 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001458 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001459 if (!DInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001460 return ExprError();
1461
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001462 QualType T = DInfo->getType();
1463
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001464 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1465 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1466 return ExprError();
1467
1468 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001469 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001470 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1471 R.getEnd()));
1472}
1473
1474/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1475/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001476Action::OwningExprResult
1477Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001478 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1479 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1480 bool isInvalid = false;
1481 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1482 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1483 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1484 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001485 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001486 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1487 isInvalid = true;
1488 } else {
1489 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1490 }
1491
1492 if (isInvalid)
1493 return ExprError();
1494
1495 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1496 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1497 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1498 R.getEnd()));
1499}
1500
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001501/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1502/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1503/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001504Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001505Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1506 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001507 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001508 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001509
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001510 if (isType) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001511 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo;
1512 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo);
1513 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001514 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001515
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001516 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1517 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1518 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1519
1520 if (Result.isInvalid())
1521 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1522
1523 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001524}
1525
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001526QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001527 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1528 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001529
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001530 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001531 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001532 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001533
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001534 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1535 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1536 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001537
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001538 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001539 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1540 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001541 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001542}
1543
1544
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001545
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001546Action::OwningExprResult
1547Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1548 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001549 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1550 switch (Kind) {
1551 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1552 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1553 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1554 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001555
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001556 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001557}
1558
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001559Action::OwningExprResult
1560Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1561 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001562 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1563 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1564
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001565 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1566 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001567
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001568 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001569 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1570 Base.release();
1571 Idx.release();
1572 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1573 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1574 }
1575
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001576 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001577 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001578 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1579 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1580 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001581 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001582 }
1583
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001584 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1585}
1586
1587
1588Action::OwningExprResult
1589Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1590 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1591 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1592 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1593
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001594 // Perform default conversions.
1595 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1596 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001597
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001598 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001599
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001600 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001601 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001602 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001603 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001604 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1605 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001606 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1607 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1608 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1609 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001610 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001611 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1612 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001613 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001614 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001615 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001616 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1617 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001618 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001619 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001620 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001621 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1622 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1623 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001624 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001625 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001626 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1627 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1628 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1629 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001630 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001631 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001632 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001633
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001634 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1635 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001636 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1637 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1638 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1639 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1640 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1641 // force the promotion here.
1642 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1643 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001644 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1645 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001646 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1647
1648 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1649 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001650 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001651 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1652 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1653 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1654 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001655 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1656 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001657 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1658
1659 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1660 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001661 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001662 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001663 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1664 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001665 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001666 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001667 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1668 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001669 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1670 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001671
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001672 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001673 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1674 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001675 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1676
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001677 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001678 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1679 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001680 // incomplete types are not object types.
1681 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1682 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1683 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1684 return ExprError();
1685 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001686
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001687 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001688 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001689 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1690 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001691 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001692
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001693 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1694 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1695 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1696 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1697 return ExprError();
1698 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001699
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001700 Base.release();
1701 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001702 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001703 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001704}
1705
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001706QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001707CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001708 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001709 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001710 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1711 // see FIXME there.
1712 //
1713 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1714 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001715 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001716
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001717 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001718 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001719
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001720 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001721 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1722 // to be selected.
1723 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001724
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001725 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1726 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001727 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001728
1729 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1730 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001731 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001732 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1733 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001734 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001735 do
1736 compStr++;
1737 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001738 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001739 do
1740 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001741 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001742 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001743
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001744 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001745 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1746 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001747 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1748 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001749 return QualType();
1750 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001751
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001752 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1753 // operates on.
1754 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001755 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001756
1757 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001758 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001759
1760 while (*compStr) {
1761 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1762 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1763 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1764 return QualType();
1765 }
1766 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001767 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001768
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001769 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1770 // number of elements.
1771 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001772 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001773 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001774 return QualType();
1775 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001776
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001777 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001778 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001779 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001780 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001781 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001782 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001783 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001784 if (HexSwizzle)
1785 CompSize--;
1786
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001787 if (CompSize == 1)
1788 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001789
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001790 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001791 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001792 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1793 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1794 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1795 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001796 }
1797 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001798}
1799
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001800static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001801 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001802 const Selector &Sel,
1803 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001804
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001805 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001806 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001807 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001808 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001809
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001810 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1811 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001812 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001813 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001814 return D;
1815 }
1816 return 0;
1817}
1818
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001819static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001820 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001821 const Selector &Sel,
1822 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001823 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1824 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001825 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001826 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001827 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001828 GDecl = PD;
1829 break;
1830 }
1831 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001832 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001833 GDecl = OMD;
1834 break;
1835 }
1836 }
1837 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001838 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001839 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1840 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001841 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001842 if (GDecl)
1843 return GDecl;
1844 }
1845 }
1846 return GDecl;
1847}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001848
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001849Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001850Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001851 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001852 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001853 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1854 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001855 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00001856 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
1857 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001858 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1859 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001860 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1861 return ExprError();
1862
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001863 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1864 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1865
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001866 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00001867 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001868
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001869 // Perform default conversions.
1870 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001871
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001872 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00001873
1874 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
1875 // type, it's probably because the forgot parentheses to call that
1876 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
1877 // call, and continue on.
1878 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1879 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
1880 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
1881 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
1882 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
1883 ((OpKind == tok::period && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
1884 (OpKind == tok::arrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
1885 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
1886 ->isRecordType()))) {
1887 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
1888 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
1889 << QualType(Fun, 0)
1890 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
1891
1892 OwningExprResult NewBase
1893 = ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
1894 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
1895 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
1896 return move(NewBase);
1897
1898 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
1899 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
1900 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1901 }
1902 }
1903 }
1904
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001905 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1906 // use that.
1907 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1908 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1909 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1910 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1911 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001912 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001913 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001914 }
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001915 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001916
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001917 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1918 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
1919 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1920 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1921 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
1922 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1923 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
1924 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
1925 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1926 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1927 // Check the use of this method.
1928 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1929 return ExprError();
1930 }
1931 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1932 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1933 Selector SetterSel =
1934 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1935 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
1936 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
1937 if (!Setter) {
1938 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1939 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00001940 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001941 }
1942 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1943 if (!Setter)
1944 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
1945
1946 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1947 return ExprError();
1948
1949 if (Getter || Setter) {
1950 QualType PType;
1951
1952 if (Getter)
1953 PType = Getter->getResultType();
1954 else
1955 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
1956 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
1957 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1958 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
1959 PType,
1960 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1961 }
1962 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1963 << MemberName << BaseType);
1964 }
1965 }
1966
1967 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1968 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1969 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001970 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001971 }
1972
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001973 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1974 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001975 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001976 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
1977 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1978 if (SS) {
1979 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1980 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1981 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1982 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001983
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00001984 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001985 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001986 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001987 FirstQualifierInScope,
1988 MemberName,
1989 MemberLoc,
1990 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
1991 LAngleLoc,
1992 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1993 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
1994 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001995 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001996 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001997 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001998 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1999 ;
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002000 else
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002001 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2002 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2003 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002004 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002005 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002006 // (so we'll report an error for)
2007 // T* t;
2008 // t.f;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002009 //
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002010 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2011 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2012 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002013 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002014
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002015 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002016 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
2017 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2018 if (SS) {
2019 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2020 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2021 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2022 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002023
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00002024 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002025 BaseExpr, false,
2026 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002027 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002028 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002029 FirstQualifierInScope,
2030 MemberName,
2031 MemberLoc,
2032 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2033 LAngleLoc,
2034 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2035 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2036 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002037 }
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002038 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002039
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002040 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2041 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002042 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002043 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002044 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002045 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2046 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002047 return ExprError();
2048
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002049 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2050 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2051 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2052 // nested-name-specifier.
2053 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002054
2055 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2056 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2057 << DC << SS->getRange();
2058 return ExprError();
2059 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002060
2061 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00002062 // CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002063 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2064 }
2065
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002066 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002067 LookupResult Result(*this, MemberName, MemberLoc, LookupMemberName);
2068 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002069
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002070 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002071 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2072 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002073 if (Result.isAmbiguous())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002074 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002075
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002076 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2077
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002078 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002079 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002080 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002081 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002082 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002083 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002084
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002085 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2086 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2087 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2088 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2089 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2090 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002091
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002092 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2093 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2094 // error cases.
2095 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2096 return ExprError();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002097
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002098 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2099 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2100 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2101 // explicitly qualified.
2102 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2103 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2104 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002105
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002106 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002107 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002108 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002109
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002110 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002111 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2112 // (C++ [class.union]).
2113 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002114 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002115 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002116
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002117 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002118 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002119 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002120 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2121 else {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002122 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2123 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2124 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2125
2126 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2127 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2128
2129 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2130 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2131 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002132 }
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002133
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002134 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002135 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2136 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002137 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002138 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002139 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002140
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002141 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2142 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002143 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2144 Var, MemberLoc,
2145 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002146 }
2147 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2148 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002149 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2150 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2151 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002152 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002153 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002154 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2155 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002156
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002157 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002158 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2159 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002160 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002161 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2162 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2163 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002164 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002165
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002166 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2167 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2168 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002169 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002170 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002171 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2172 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002173 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2174 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002175 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002176 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2177 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2178 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002179 Context.OverloadTy));
2180
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002181 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2182 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002183 }
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002184 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2185 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002186 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2187 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002188 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002189 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002190 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002191 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002192
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002193 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2194 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2195 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002196 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2197 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002198 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002199 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002200
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002201 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2202 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2203 // pseudo-destructor.
2204 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2205 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002206 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2207 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002208 // type.
2209 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2210 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2211 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002212
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002213 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2214 // same as the object type.
2215 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2216 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2217 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2218 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2219 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002220
2221 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002222 // the form
2223 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002224 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2225 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002226 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2227 //
2228 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2229 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002230
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002231 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2232 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2233 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002234 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002235 OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002236 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002237 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2238 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2239 MemberLoc));
2240 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002241
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002242 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2243 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002244 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2245 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002246 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002247 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002248 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002249 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002250 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2251
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002252 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2253 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002254 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002255
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002256 if (IV) {
2257 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2258 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2259 // error cases.
2260 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2261 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002262
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002263 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2264 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2265 return ExprError();
2266 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2267 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2268 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2269 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2270 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2271 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2272 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2273 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2274 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2275 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2276 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2277 // AST for a function decl.
2278 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002279 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002280 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2281 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2282 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2283 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2284 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2285 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002286
2287 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2288 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002289 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002290 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002291 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002292 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2293 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002294 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002295 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002296 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002297
2298 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2299 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2300 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002301 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002302 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002303 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002304 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002305 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002306 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002307 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002308 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002309 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002310 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002311 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002312
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002313 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002314 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002315 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2316 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2317 // Check the use of this declaration
2318 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2319 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002320
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002321 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2322 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2323 }
2324 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2325 // Check the use of this method.
2326 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2327 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002328
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002329 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002330 OMD->getResultType(),
2331 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002332 NULL, 0));
2333 }
2334 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002335
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002336 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002337 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002338 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002339 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2340 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002341 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002342 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002343 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2344 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2345 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002346 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002347
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002348 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002349 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002350 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2351 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2352 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002353 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002354 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002355 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002356 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2357 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002358 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002359 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2360 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002361 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002362 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2363 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002364 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002365 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2366 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2367 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002368
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002369 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002370 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2371 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002372 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2373 // selector is implemented.
2374
2375 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2376 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2377
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002378 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002379 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002380
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002381 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2382 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002383 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002384
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002385 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002386 if (!Getter)
2387 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002388 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002389 // Check if we can reference this property.
2390 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2391 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002392 }
2393 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2394 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002395 Selector SetterSel =
2396 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002397 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002398 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002399 if (!Setter) {
2400 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2401 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002402 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002403 }
2404 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002405 if (!Setter)
2406 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002407
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002408 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2409 return ExprError();
2410
2411 if (Getter || Setter) {
2412 QualType PType;
2413
2414 if (Getter)
2415 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002416 else
2417 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2418 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002419 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002420 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002421 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2422 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002423 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002424 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002425 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002426
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002427 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002428 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002429 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002430 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002431 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2432 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2433
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002434 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002435 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002436 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002437 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2438 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002439 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002440 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002441 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002442 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002443
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002444 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2445 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2446
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002447 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002448}
2449
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002450Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base,
2451 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2452 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2453 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2454 UnqualifiedId &Member,
2455 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2456 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2457 if (Member.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
2458 TemplateName Template
2459 = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Member.TemplateId->Template);
2460
2461 // FIXME: We're going to end up looking up the template based on its name,
2462 // twice!
2463 DeclarationName Name;
2464 if (TemplateDecl *ActualTemplate = Template.getAsTemplateDecl())
2465 Name = ActualTemplate->getDeclName();
2466 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Template.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
2467 Name = Ovl->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00002468 else {
2469 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2470 if (DTN->isIdentifier())
2471 Name = DTN->getIdentifier();
2472 else
2473 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2474 }
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002475
2476 // Translate the parser's template argument list in our AST format.
2477 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
2478 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002479 Member.TemplateId->NumArgs);
2480
2481 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgumentLoc, 16> TemplateArgs;
2482 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002483 TemplateArgs);
2484 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
2485
2486 // Do we have the save the actual template name? We might need it...
2487 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2488 Member.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
2489 Name, true, Member.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
2490 TemplateArgs.data(), TemplateArgs.size(),
2491 Member.TemplateId->RAngleLoc, DeclPtrTy(),
2492 &SS);
2493 }
2494
2495 // FIXME: We lose a lot of source information by mapping directly to the
2496 // DeclarationName.
2497 OwningExprResult Result
2498 = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2499 Member.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2500 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Member),
2501 ObjCImpDecl, &SS);
2502
2503 if (Result.isInvalid() || HasTrailingLParen ||
2504 Member.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2505 return move(Result);
2506
2507 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2508 // immediately call them. Since the next token is not a '(', produce a
2509 // diagnostic and build the call now.
2510 Expr *E = (Expr *)Result.get();
2511 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc
2512 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Member.getSourceRange().getEnd());
2513 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
2514 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2515 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2516
2517 return ActOnCallExpr(0, move(Result), ExpectedLParenLoc,
2518 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, ExpectedLParenLoc);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002519}
2520
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002521Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2522 FunctionDecl *FD,
2523 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2524 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2525 Diag (CallLoc,
2526 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2527 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002528 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002529 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2530 } else {
2531 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2532 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2533
2534 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002535 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002536
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002537 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2538 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002539 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002540
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002541 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002542 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002543 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002544
2545 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002546 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2547 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2548 return ExprError();
2549 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002550
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002551 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002552
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002553 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2554 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2555 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002556 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002557 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002558 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002559 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2560 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2561 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2562 }
2563 }
2564
2565 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2566 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2567}
2568
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002569/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2570/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2571/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2572/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2573/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2574/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002575bool
2576Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002577 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002578 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002579 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2580 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002581 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002582 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2583 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2584 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002585 bool Invalid = false;
2586
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002587 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2588 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2589 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2590 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2591 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2592 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2593 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2594 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002595 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002596 }
2597
2598 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2599 // them.
2600 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2601 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2602 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2603 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2604 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2605 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2606 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2607 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002608 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002609 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002610 }
2611 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2612 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002613
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002614 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2615 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2616 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002617
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002618 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002619 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002620 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002621
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002622 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2623 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002624 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2625 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002626 return true;
2627
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002628 // Pass the argument.
2629 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2630 return true;
Anders Carlsson78cfaa92009-11-13 04:34:45 +00002631
Anders Carlsson97df0b42009-11-13 17:04:35 +00002632 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
2633 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002634 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002635 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002636
2637 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002638 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2639 FDecl, Param);
2640 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2641 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002642
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002643 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002644 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002645
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002646 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2647 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002648
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002649 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2650 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002651 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2652 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2653 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2654 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2655 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2656
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002657 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Eli Friedmana9ea9592009-11-14 04:43:10 +00002658 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002659 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002660 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002661 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2662 }
2663 }
2664
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002665 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002666}
2667
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002668/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2669/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2670/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2671/// template arguments, etc.
2672void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002673 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*> &Fns,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002674 DeclarationName &Name,
2675 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2676 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2677 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002678 bool &Overloaded,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002679 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002680 const TemplateArgumentLoc *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002681 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2682 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002683 Name = DeclarationName();
2684 Qualifier = 0;
2685 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2686 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002687 Overloaded = false;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002688 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002689
2690 // Most of the explicit tracking of ArgumentDependentLookup in this
2691 // function can disappear when we handle unresolved
2692 // TemplateIdRefExprs properly.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002693
2694 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2695 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2696 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2697 while (true) {
2698 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2699 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2700 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2701 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2702 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2703 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2704 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2705 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2706 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2707 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2708 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002709 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002710 Fns.push_back(cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl()));
2711 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2712 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier()))
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002713 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002714 break;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002715 } else if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UnresLookup
2716 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2717 Name = UnresLookup->getName();
2718 Fns.append(UnresLookup->decls_begin(), UnresLookup->decls_end());
2719 ArgumentDependentLookup = UnresLookup->requiresADL();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002720 Overloaded = UnresLookup->isOverloaded();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002721 if ((Qualifier = UnresLookup->getQualifier()))
2722 QualifierRange = UnresLookup->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002723 break;
2724 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2725 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002726 if (NamedDecl *Function
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002727 = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2728 Name = Function->getDeclName();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002729 Fns.push_back(Function);
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002730 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002731 else {
2732 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overload
2733 = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002734 Name = Overload->getDeclName();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002735 Fns.append(Overload->function_begin(), Overload->function_end());
2736 }
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002737 Overloaded = true;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002738 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2739 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2740 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2741
2742 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2743 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2744 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2745 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2746 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2747 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2748 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2749 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2750 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2751 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2752 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2753 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2754 //
2755 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2756 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2757 // is still possible.
2758 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2759 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2760 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2761 }
2762 break;
2763 } else {
2764 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2765 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2766 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2767 break;
2768 }
2769 }
2770}
2771
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002772/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002773/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2774/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002775Action::OwningExprResult
2776Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2777 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002778 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002779 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002780
2781 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2782 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002783
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002784 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002785 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002786 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002787
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002788 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002789 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2790 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2791 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2792 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2793 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2794 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2795 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2796 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002797
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002798 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2799 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002800
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002801 NumArgs = 0;
2802 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002803
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002804 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2805 RParenLoc));
2806 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002807
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002808 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002809 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002810 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2811 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002812 bool Dependent = false;
2813 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2814 Dependent = true;
2815 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2816 Dependent = true;
2817
2818 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002819 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002820 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2821
2822 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2823 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2824 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2825 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2826
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002827 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002828 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2829 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2830 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2831 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2832 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2833 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2834 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002835 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2836 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002837 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002838
2839 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2840 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2841 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2842 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002843 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
2844 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
2845 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002846
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002847 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2848 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2849 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2850 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002851
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002852 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2853 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2854 TheCall.get(), 0))
2855 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002856
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002857 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2858 RParenLoc))
2859 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002860
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002861 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2862 }
2863 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
2864 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2865 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002866 }
2867 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002868 }
2869
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002870 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002871 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002872 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002873 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
2874 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002875 bool Overloaded;
2876 bool ADL;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002877 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002878 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002879 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002880 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2881 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002882 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002883 ADL, Overloaded, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2884 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002885
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002886 NamedDecl *NDecl; // the specific declaration we're calling, if applicable
2887 FunctionDecl *FDecl; // same, if it's known to be a function
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002888
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002889 if (Overloaded || ADL) {
2890#ifndef NDEBUG
2891 if (ADL) {
2892 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
2893 assert(UnqualifiedName && "found no unqualified name for ADL");
2894
2895 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
2896 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
2897 if (Fns.size() == 1 && (FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fns[0])) &&
2898 FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
2899 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
2900
2901 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2902 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
2903 }
2904
2905 if (Overloaded) {
2906 // To be overloaded, we must either have multiple functions or
2907 // at least one function template (which is effectively an
2908 // infinite set of functions).
2909 assert((Fns.size() > 1 ||
2910 (Fns.size() == 1 &&
2911 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fns[0]->getUnderlyingDecl())))
2912 && "unrecognized overload situation");
2913 }
2914#endif
2915
2916 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName,
2917 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2918 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2919 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2920 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2921 RParenLoc, ADL);
2922 if (!FDecl)
2923 return ExprError();
2924
2925 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
2926
2927 NDecl = FDecl;
2928 } else {
2929 assert(Fns.size() <= 1 && "overloaded without Overloaded flag");
2930 if (Fns.empty())
2931 NDecl = FDecl = 0;
2932 else {
2933 NDecl = Fns[0];
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002934 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002935 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002936 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002937
2938 // Promote the function operand.
2939 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2940
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002941 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2942 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002943 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2944 Args, NumArgs,
2945 Context.BoolTy,
2946 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002947
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002948 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2949 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2950 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2951 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002952 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002953 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002954 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2955 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002956 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002957 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002958 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002959 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002960 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002961 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002962 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2963 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2964
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002965 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002966 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
2967 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
2968 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002969 return ExprError();
2970
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002971 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002972 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002973
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002974 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002975 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002976 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002977 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002978 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002979 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002980
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002981 if (FDecl) {
2982 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2983 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2984 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002985 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002986 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002987 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002988 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2989 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2990 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2991 }
2992 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002993 }
2994
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002995 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002996 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2997 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2998 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002999 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3000 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003001 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3002 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003003 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003004 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003005 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003006 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003007
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003008 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3009 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003010 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3011 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003012
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003013 // Check for sentinels
3014 if (NDecl)
3015 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003016
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003017 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003018 if (FDecl) {
3019 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3020 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003021
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003022 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003023 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3024 } else if (NDecl) {
3025 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3026 return ExprError();
3027 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003028
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003029 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003030}
3031
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003032Action::OwningExprResult
3033Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3034 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003035 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003036 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3037 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003038 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003039 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003040 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003041
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003042 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003043 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003044 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3045 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003046 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3047 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003048 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003049 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003050 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003051 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003052
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003053 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003054 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003055 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003056
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003057 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003058 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003059 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003060 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003061 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003062 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003063 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003064 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003065}
3066
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003067Action::OwningExprResult
3068Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003069 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3070 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3071 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003072
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003073 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003074 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003075
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003076 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003077 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003078 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003079 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003080}
3081
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003082static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3083 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003084 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003085 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3086
3087 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3088 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3089 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3090 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3091 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3092 }
3093
3094 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3095 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3096 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3097 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3098 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3099 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3100 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3101 }
3102
3103 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3104 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3105 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3106 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3107 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3108 }
3109
3110 // FIXME: Assert here.
3111 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3112 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3113}
3114
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003115/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003116bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003117 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003118 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3119 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003120 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003121 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3122 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003123
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003124 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003125
3126 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3127 // type needs to be scalar.
3128 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3129 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003130 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3131 return false;
3132 }
3133
3134 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003135 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003136 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3137 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003138 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003139 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3140 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003141 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003142 return false;
3143 }
3144
3145 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003146 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003147 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003148 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003149 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003150 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003151 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3152 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003153 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3154 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3155 break;
3156 }
3157 }
3158 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3159 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3160 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003161 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003162 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003163 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003164
3165 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3166 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3167 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3168 }
3169
3170 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3171 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003172 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3173 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003174 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003175 }
3176
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003177 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3178 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3179
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003180 if (castType->isVectorType())
3181 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3182 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3183 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3184
3185 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003186 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003187
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003188 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3189 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3190
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003191 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003192 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3193 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3194 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3195 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3196 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3197 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3198 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3199 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3200 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3201 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003202 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003203
3204 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003205 return false;
3206}
3207
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003208bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3209 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003210 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003211
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003212 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003213 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003214 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003215 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003216 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003217 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003218 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003219 } else
3220 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003221 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003222 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003223
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003224 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003225 return false;
3226}
3227
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003228bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3229 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003230 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003231
3232 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3233
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003234 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3235 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003236 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3237 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3238 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3239 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003240 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003241 return false;
3242 }
3243
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003244 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003245 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3246 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003247 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3248 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3249 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3250 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003251
3252 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3253 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3254 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003255
3256 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003257 return false;
3258}
3259
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003260Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003261Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003262 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003263 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003264
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003265 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3266 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003267
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003268 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003269 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3270 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003271
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003272 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3273 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3274 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003275 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003276 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003277 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003278 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003279
3280 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003281 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003282 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003283
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003284 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3285 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003286
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003287 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3288 } else {
3289 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003290 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003291
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003292 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003293 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003294 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003295}
3296
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003297/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3298/// of comma binary operators.
3299Action::OwningExprResult
3300Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3301 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3302 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3303 if (!E)
3304 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003305
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003306 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003307
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003308 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3309 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3310 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003311
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003312 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3313}
3314
3315Action::OwningExprResult
3316Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3317 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3318 QualType Ty) {
3319 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003320
3321 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003322 // then handle it as such.
3323 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3324 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3325 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3326 return ExprError();
3327 }
3328
3329 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3330 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3331 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3332
3333 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3334 // braces instead of the original commas.
3335 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003336 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003337 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3338 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003339 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003340 Owned(E));
3341 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003342 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003343 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3344 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3345 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3346 }
3347}
3348
3349Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3350 SourceLocation R,
3351 MultiExprArg Val) {
3352 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3353 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3354 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3355 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3356 return Owned(expr);
3357}
3358
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003359/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3360/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003361/// C99 6.5.15
3362QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3363 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003364 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3365 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3366 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3367
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003368 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3369
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003370 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3371 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3372 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3373 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3374 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3375 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003376
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003377 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003378 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3379 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3380 << CondTy;
3381 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003382 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003383
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003384 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003385 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3386 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003387
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003388 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3389 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003390 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3391 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3392 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003393 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003394
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003395 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3396 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003397 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3398 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003399 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003400 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003401 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003402 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003403 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003404 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003405
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003406 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003407 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003408 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3409 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3410 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3411 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3412 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3413 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3414 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003415 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3416 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003417 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003418 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003419 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3420 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003421 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003422 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003423 // promote the null to a pointer.
3424 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003425 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003426 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003427 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003428 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003429 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003430 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003431 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003432 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3433 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3434 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3435 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3436 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003437 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003438 return LHSTy;
3439 }
3440 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3441 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003442 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003443 return RHSTy;
3444 }
3445 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3446 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3447 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003448 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003449 return LHSTy;
3450 }
3451 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3452 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003453 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003454 return RHSTy;
3455 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003456 // Handle block pointer types.
3457 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3458 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3459 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3460 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003461 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3462 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003463 return destType;
3464 }
3465 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3466 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3467 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003468 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003469 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3470 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3471 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003472 return LHSTy;
3473 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003474 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003475 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3476 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003477
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003478 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3479 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003480 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3481 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3482 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3483 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3484 // to get a consistent AST.
3485 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003486 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3487 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003488 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003489 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003490 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003491 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3492 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003493 return LHSTy;
3494 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003495 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003496 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003497
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003498 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3499 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3500 return LHSTy;
3501 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003502 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3503 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003504 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003505
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003506 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3507 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3508 // type. This allows
3509 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3510 // where B is a subclass of A.
3511 //
3512 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3513 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3514 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3515 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3516
3517 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3518 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003519 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003520 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003521 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003522 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003523 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003524 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003525 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003526 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003527 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3528 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3529 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3530 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3531 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003532 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003533 } else if (!(compositeType =
3534 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3535 ;
3536 else {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003537 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3538 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3539 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3540 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003541 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3542 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003543 return incompatTy;
3544 }
3545 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003546 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3547 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003548 return compositeType;
3549 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003550 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3551 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003552 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003553 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003554 QualType destPointee
3555 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003556 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003557 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3558 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3559 // Promote to void*.
3560 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003561 return destType;
3562 }
3563 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003564 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003565 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003566 QualType destPointee
3567 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003568 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003569 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3570 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3571 // Promote to void*.
3572 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003573 return destType;
3574 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003575 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3576 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3577 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003578 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3579 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003580
3581 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3582 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3583 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003584 QualType destPointee
3585 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003586 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003587 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3588 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3589 // Promote to void*.
3590 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003591 return destType;
3592 }
3593 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003594 QualType destPointee
3595 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003596 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003597 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003598 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003599 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003600 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003601 return destType;
3602 }
3603
3604 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3605 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3606 return LHSTy;
3607 }
3608 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3609 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3610 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3611 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3612 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3613 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3614 // to get a consistent AST.
3615 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003616 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3617 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003618 return incompatTy;
3619 }
3620 // The pointer types are compatible.
3621 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3622 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3623 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3624 // type.
3625 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3626 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003627 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3628 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003629 return LHSTy;
3630 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003631
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003632 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3633 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3634 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3635 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003636 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003637 return RHSTy;
3638 }
3639 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3640 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3641 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003642 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003643 return LHSTy;
3644 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003645
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003646 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003647 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3648 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003649 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003650}
3651
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003652/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003653/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003654Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3655 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3656 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3657 ExprArg RHS) {
3658 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3659 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003660
3661 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3662 // was the condition.
3663 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3664 if (isLHSNull)
3665 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003666
3667 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003668 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003669 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003670 return ExprError();
3671
3672 Cond.release();
3673 LHS.release();
3674 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003675 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003676 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003677 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003678}
3679
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003680// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003681// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003682// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3683// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3684// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003685Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003686Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003687 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003688
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003689 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3690 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3691 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3692 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3693 return Compatible;
3694 }
3695
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003696 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003697 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3698 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003699
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003700 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003701 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3702 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003703
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003704 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003705
3706 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3707 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3708 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003709 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003710 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003711 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003712
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003713 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3714 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003715 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003716 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003717 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003718 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003719
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003720 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003721 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3722 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003723 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003724
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003725 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003726 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003727 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003728
3729 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003730 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3731 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003732 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003733 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003734 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003735 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3736 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3737 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3738 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3739 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3740 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003741 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003742 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003743 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003744 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003745
3746 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003747 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003748 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003749 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003750
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003751 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3752 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3753 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3754 // warning can be disabled.
3755 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3756 return ConvTy;
3757 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3758 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003759
3760 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
3761 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
3762 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
3763 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
3764 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
3765 do {
3766 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3767 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3768
3769 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3770 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
3771 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
3772
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003773 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00003774 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003775 }
3776
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003777 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003778 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003779 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003780 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003781}
3782
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003783/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3784/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3785/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3786// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003787Sema::AssignConvertType
3788Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003789 QualType rhsType) {
3790 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003791
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003792 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003793 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3794 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003795
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003796 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3797 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3798 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003799
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003800 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003801
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003802 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003803 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003804 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003805
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003806 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003807 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003808 return ConvTy;
3809}
3810
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003811/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3812/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003813/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3814///
3815/// int a, *pint;
3816/// short *pshort;
3817/// struct foo *pfoo;
3818///
3819/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3820/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3821/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3822/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3823///
3824/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003825/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003826///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003827Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003828Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003829 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3830 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003831 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3832 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003833
3834 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003835 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003836
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003837 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3838 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3839 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3840 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3841 return Compatible;
3842 }
3843
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003844 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3845 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3846 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3847 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3848 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3849 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3850 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003851 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003852 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003853 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003854 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003855 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003856 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3857 // to the same ExtVector type.
3858 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3859 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3860 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3861 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3862 return Compatible;
3863 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003864
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003865 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003866 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003867 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003868 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003869 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3870 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003871 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003872 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003873 }
3874 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003875 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003876
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003877 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003878 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003879
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003880 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003881 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003882 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003883
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003884 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003885 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003886
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003887 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003888 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003889 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3890 return Compatible;
3891 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003892 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003893 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3894 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003895 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003896
3897 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003898 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003899 return Compatible;
3900 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003901 return Incompatible;
3902 }
3903
3904 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3905 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003906 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003907
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003908 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003909 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003910 return Compatible;
3911
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003912 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3913 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003914
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003915 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003916 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003917 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003918 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003919 return Incompatible;
3920 }
3921
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003922 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3923 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3924 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003925
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003926 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003927 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003928 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3929 return Compatible;
3930 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003931 }
3932 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003933 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3934 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003935 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3936 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003937 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3938 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003939 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003940 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003941 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003942 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3943 return Compatible;
3944 }
3945 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3946 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3947 return Compatible;
3948 return Incompatible;
3949 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003950 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003951 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003952 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3953 return Compatible;
3954
3955 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003956 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003957
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003958 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003959 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003960
3961 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003962 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003963 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003964 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003965 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003966 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3967 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3968 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3969 return Compatible;
3970
3971 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3972 return PointerToInt;
3973
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003974 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003975 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003976 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3977 return Compatible;
3978 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003979 }
3980 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003981 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003982 return Compatible;
3983 return Incompatible;
3984 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003985
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003986 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003987 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003988 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00003989 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003990 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00003991}
3992
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003993/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3994/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003995static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003996 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3997 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3998 // of the transparent union.
3999 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4000 &E, 1,
4001 SourceLocation());
4002 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4003 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4004
4005 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4006 // union type from this initializer list.
4007 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
4008 false);
4009}
4010
4011Sema::AssignConvertType
4012Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4013 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4014
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004015 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004016 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4017 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004018 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004019 return Incompatible;
4020
4021 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4022 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4023 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4024 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004025 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4026 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004027 it != itend; ++it) {
4028 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4029 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4030 // 1) void pointer
4031 // 2) null pointer constant
4032 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004033 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004034 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004035 InitField = *it;
4036 break;
4037 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004038
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004039 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4040 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004041 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004042 InitField = *it;
4043 break;
4044 }
4045 }
4046
4047 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4048 == Compatible) {
4049 InitField = *it;
4050 break;
4051 }
4052 }
4053
4054 if (!InitField)
4055 return Incompatible;
4056
4057 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4058 return Compatible;
4059}
4060
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004061Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004062Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004063 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4064 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4065 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4066 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4067 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004068 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4069 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004070 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004071 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004072 }
4073
4074 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4075 // structures.
4076 }
4077
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004078 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4079 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004080 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4081 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004082 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004083 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4084 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004085 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004086 return Compatible;
4087 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004088
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004089 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004090 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004091 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004092 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004093 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004094 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004095 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4096 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004097
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004098 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4099 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004100
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004101 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4102 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004103 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4104 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4105 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4106 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004107 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004108 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4109 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004110 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004111}
4112
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004113QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004114 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004115 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004116 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004117 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004118}
4119
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004120inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004121 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004122 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004123 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004124 QualType lhsType =
4125 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4126 QualType rhsType =
4127 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004128
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004129 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004130 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004131 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004132
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004133 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4134 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004135 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4136 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004137 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4138 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004139 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004140 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004141 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004142 }
4143 }
4144 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004145
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004146 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4147 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4148 bool swapped = false;
4149 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4150 swapped = true;
4151 std::swap(rex, lex);
4152 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4153 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004154
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004155 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004156 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004157 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4158 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4159 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004160 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004161 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4162 return lhsType;
4163 }
4164 }
4165 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4166 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4167 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004168 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004169 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4170 return lhsType;
4171 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004172 }
4173 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004174
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004175 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004176 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004177 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004178 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004179 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004180}
4181
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004182inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004183 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004184 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004185 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004186
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004187 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004188
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004189 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004190 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004191 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004192}
4193
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004194inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004195 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004196 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4197 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4198 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4199 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4200 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004201
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004202 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004203
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004204 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004205 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004206 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004207}
4208
4209inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004210 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004211 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4212 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4213 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4214 return compType;
4215 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004216
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004217 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004218
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004219 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004220 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4221 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4222 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004223 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004224 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004225
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004226 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4227 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004228 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004229 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4230
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004231 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004232
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004233 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004234 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004235
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004236 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4237 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004238 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4239 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004240 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004241 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004242 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004243
4244 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4245 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4246 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004247 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004248 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4249 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4250 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4251 return QualType();
4252 }
4253
4254 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4255 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4256 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004257 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004258 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004259 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004260 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004261 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4262 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004263 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4264 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004265 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004266 return QualType();
4267 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004268 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4269 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4270 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4271 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4272 return QualType();
4273 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004274
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004275 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004276 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4277 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4278 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4279 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4280 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004281 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004282 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4283 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004284 return PExp->getType();
4285 }
4286 }
4287
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004288 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004289}
4290
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004291// C99 6.5.6
4292QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004293 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4294 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4295 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4296 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4297 return compType;
4298 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004299
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004300 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004301
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004302 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004303
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004304 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004305 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4306 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004307 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004308 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004309 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004310
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004311 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004312 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004313 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004314
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004315 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004316
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004317 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4318 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4319 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4320 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4321 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4322 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4323 return QualType();
4324 }
4325
4326 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4327 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4328 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4329 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4330 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004331 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004332 return QualType();
4333 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004334
4335 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4336 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4337 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004338 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004339 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004340 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004341 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004342 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004343
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004344 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4345 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4346 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4347 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4348 return QualType();
4349 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004350
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004351 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004352 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4353 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4354 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4355 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4356 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4357 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004358 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004359 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4360
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004361 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004362 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004363 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004364
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004365 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004366 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004367 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004368
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004369 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4370 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4371 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4372 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4373 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4374 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4375 return QualType();
4376 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004377
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004378 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4379 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4380 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4381 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004382 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004383 return QualType();
4384 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004385
4386 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4387 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4388 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4389 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4390 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004391 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4392 << rex->getSourceRange()
4393 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004394 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004395
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004396 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4397 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4398 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4399 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4400 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4401 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4402 return QualType();
4403 }
4404 } else {
4405 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4406 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4407 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4408 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4409 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4410 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4411 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4412 return QualType();
4413 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004414 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004415
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004416 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4417 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4418 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4419 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4420 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004421 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004422 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004423
4424 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004425 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4426 }
4427 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004428
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004429 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004430}
4431
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004432// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004433QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004434 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004435 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4436 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004437 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004438
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004439 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4440 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4441 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4442
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004443 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4444 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004445 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4446 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4447 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4448 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4449 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004450 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004451 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004452 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004453
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004454 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004455
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004456 // Sanity-check shift operands
4457 llvm::APSInt Right;
4458 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004459 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4460 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004461 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004462 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4463 else {
4464 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4465 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4466 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4467 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4468 }
4469 }
4470
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004471 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004472 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004473}
4474
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004475/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4476///
4477/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4478/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4479/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004480/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4481/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004482void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004483 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004484 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
4485 if (ExprEvalContext == Unevaluated)
4486 return;
4487
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004488 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4489
4490 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4491 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4492 return;
4493
Sebastian Redl0b7c85f2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004494 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4495 // chance at instantiation time.
4496 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4497 return;
4498
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004499 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4500 // signed operand.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004501 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004502 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
4503 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4504 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004505 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004506 } else {
4507 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4508 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004509 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004510 }
4511
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004512 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004513 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
4514 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004515 // of the comparison will be exact.
4516 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
4517 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
4518 return;
4519
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004520 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
4521 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
4522 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004523 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004524 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
4525
4526 if (value.isNonNegative())
4527 return;
4528 }
4529
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004530 if (Equality) {
4531 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004532 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4533 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4534 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004535 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
4536 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
4537
4538 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
4539 if (value.isNonNegative())
4540 return;
4541 }
4542 }
4543
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004544 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004545 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4546 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4547}
4548
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004549// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004550QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004551 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4552 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4553
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004554 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004555 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004556
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004557 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
4558 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004559
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004560 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004561 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4562 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4563 else {
4564 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4565 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4566 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004567 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4568 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004569
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004570 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4571 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004572 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4573 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4574 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004575 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004576 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004577 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4578 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4579 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4580 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004581 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4582 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004583 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004584
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004585 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4586 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4587 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4588 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004589
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004590 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4591 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004592 Expr *literalString = 0;
4593 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004594 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004595 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4596 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004597 literalString = lex;
4598 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004599 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4600 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004601 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4602 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004603 literalString = rex;
4604 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4605 }
4606
4607 if (literalString) {
4608 std::string resultComparison;
4609 switch (Opc) {
4610 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4611 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4612 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4613 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4614 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4615 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4616 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4617 }
4618 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4619 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4620 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004621 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4622 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4623 "strcmp(")
4624 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4625 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004626 resultComparison);
4627 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004628 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004629
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004630 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004631 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004632
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004633 if (isRelational) {
4634 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004635 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004636 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004637 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004638 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004639 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004640 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004641 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004642
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004643 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004644 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004645 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004646
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004647 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4648 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4649 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4650 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004651
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004652 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4653 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4654 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004655 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004656 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004657 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004658 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004659 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004660
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004661 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004662 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4663 return ResultTy;
4664
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004665 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4666 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4667 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4668 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4669 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4670 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004671 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004672 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004673 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004674 if (T.isNull()) {
4675 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4676 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4677 return QualType();
4678 }
4679
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004680 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4681 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004682 return ResultTy;
4683 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004684 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4685 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4686 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4687 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4688 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4689 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4690 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4691 }
4692 } else if (!isRelational &&
4693 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4694 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4695 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4696 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4697 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4698 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4699 }
4700 } else {
4701 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004702 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004703 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004704 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004705 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004706 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004707 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004708 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004709
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004710 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004711 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004712 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004713 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004714 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4715 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004716 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004717 return ResultTy;
4718 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004719 if (LHSIsNull &&
4720 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4721 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004722 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004723 return ResultTy;
4724 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004725
4726 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004727 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004728 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4729 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004730 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4731 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4732 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4733 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4734 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4735 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4736 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4737 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004738 // types.
4739 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4740 if (T.isNull()) {
4741 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4742 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4743 return QualType();
4744 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004745
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004746 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4747 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004748 return ResultTy;
4749 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004750
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004751 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004752 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4753 return ResultTy;
4754 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004755
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004756 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004757 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004758 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4759 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004760
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004761 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004762 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004763 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004764 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004765 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004766 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004767 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004768 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004769 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004770 if (!isRelational
4771 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4772 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004773 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004774 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004775 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004776 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004777 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4778 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4779 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004780 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004781 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004782 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004783 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004784
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004785 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004786 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004787 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4788 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004789 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004790 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004791 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004792 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004793
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004794 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4795 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004796 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004797 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004798 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004799 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004800 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004801 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004802 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004803 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004804 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4805 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004806 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004807 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004808 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004809 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004810 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004811 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4812 if (RHSIsNull) {
4813 if (isRelational)
4814 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4815 } else if (isRelational)
4816 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4817 else
4818 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004819
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004820 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004821 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004822 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004823 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004824 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004825 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004826 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004827 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004828 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4829 if (LHSIsNull) {
4830 if (isRelational)
4831 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4832 } else if (isRelational)
4833 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4834 else
4835 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004836
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004837 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004838 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004839 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004840 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004841 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004842 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00004843 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004844 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004845 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4846 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004847 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004848 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004849 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004850 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4851 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004852 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004853 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004854 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004855 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004856}
4857
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004858/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004859/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004860/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4861/// types.
4862QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004863 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004864 bool isRelational) {
4865 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4866 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004867 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004868 if (vType.isNull())
4869 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004870
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004871 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4872 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004873
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004874 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4875 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4876 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4877 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4878 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4879 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4880 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004881 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004882 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004883
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004884 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4885 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4886 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004887 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004888 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004889
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004890 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4891 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4892 // elements for floating point vectors.
4893 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4894 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004895
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004896 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004897 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004898 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004899 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004900 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004901 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4902
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004903 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004904 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004905 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4906}
4907
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004908inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004909 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004910 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004911 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004912
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004913 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004914
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004915 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004916 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004917 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004918}
4919
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004920inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004921 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004922 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4923 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004924
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004925 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4926 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4927
4928 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4929 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4930 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4931 return Context.BoolTy;
4932 }
4933
4934 return Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004935}
4936
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004937/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4938/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4939/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4940///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004941static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004942 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4943 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4944 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4945 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004946 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004947 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4948 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4949 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4950 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004951 }
4952 }
4953 return false;
4954}
4955
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004956/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4957/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4958static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004959 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004960 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004961 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004962 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4963 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004964 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4965 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004966
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004967 unsigned Diag = 0;
4968 bool NeedType = false;
4969 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4970 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4971 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004972 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004973 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4974 NeedType = true;
4975 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004976 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004977 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4978 NeedType = true;
4979 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004980 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004981 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4982 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004983 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004984 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4985 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004986 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4987 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004988 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004989 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4990 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004991 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004992 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4993 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004994 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004995 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4996 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004997 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4998 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4999 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005000 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5001 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5002 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005003 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005004
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005005 SourceRange Assign;
5006 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5007 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005008 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005009 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005010 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005011 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005012 return true;
5013}
5014
5015
5016
5017// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005018QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5019 SourceLocation Loc,
5020 QualType CompoundType) {
5021 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5022 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005023 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005024
5025 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5026 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005027
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005028 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005029 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005030 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005031 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005032 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5033 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5034 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005035 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005036 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005037 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005038 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005039
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005040 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5041 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5042 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005043 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005044 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5045 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5046 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5047 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5048 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005049 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005050 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005051 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5052 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5053 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005054 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5055 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005056 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5057 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5058 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005059 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005060 }
5061 } else {
5062 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005063 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005064 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005065
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005066 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
5067 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005068 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005069
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005070 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5071 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005072 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005073 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5074 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005075 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005076 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005077 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005078}
5079
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005080// C99 6.5.17
5081QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005082 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005083 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005084
5085 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5086 // incomplete in C++).
5087
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005088 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005089}
5090
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005091/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5092/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005093QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5094 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005095 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5096 return Context.DependentTy;
5097
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005098 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5099 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005100
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005101 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5102 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5103 if (!isInc) {
5104 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5105 return QualType();
5106 }
5107 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5108 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5109 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005110 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005111 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5112 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005113
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005114 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005115 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005116 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5117 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5118 << Op->getSourceRange();
5119 return QualType();
5120 }
5121
5122 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005123 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005124 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005125 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5126 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5127 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5128 return QualType();
5129 }
5130
5131 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005132 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005133 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005134 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005135 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005136 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005137 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005138 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5139 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5140 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5141 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5142 return QualType();
5143 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005144 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5145 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5146 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005147 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005148 } else {
5149 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005150 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005151 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005152 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005153 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005154 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005155 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005156 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005157 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005158}
5159
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005160/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005161/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005162/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5163/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5164/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5165/// - &(x) => x
5166/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5167/// - &s.xx => s
5168/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5169/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5170/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5171/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005172static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005173 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005174 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005175 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005176 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005177 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5178 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5179 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005180 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005181 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005182 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005183 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005184 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005185 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5186 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005187 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5188 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5189 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5190 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5191 }
5192 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005193 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005194 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5195 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005196
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005197 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005198 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5199 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5200 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5201 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5202 default:
5203 return 0;
5204 }
5205 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005206 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005207 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005208 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005209 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5210 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005211 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005212 default:
5213 return 0;
5214 }
5215}
5216
5217/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005218/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005219/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005220/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005221/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005222/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005223/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005224QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005225 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5226 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5227
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005228 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5229 return Context.DependentTy;
5230
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005231 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5232 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5233 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5234 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5235 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5236 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5237 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5238 }
5239 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5240 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5241 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005242 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005243 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005244
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005245 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5246 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005247 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005248 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005249 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005250 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5251 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005252 return QualType();
5253 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005254 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005255 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5256 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5257 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005258 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005259 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5260 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005261 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005262 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005263 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005264 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005265 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5266 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5267 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5268 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5269 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005270 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5271 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005272 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5273 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005274 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5275 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005276 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005277 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005278 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5279 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005280 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005281 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5282 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005283 return QualType();
5284 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005285 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005286 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005287 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005288 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005289 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5290 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005291 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005292 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005293 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5294 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005295 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005296 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5297 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5298 return QualType();
5299 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005300
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005301 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5302 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005303 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005304 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005305 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005306 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005307 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005308 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5309 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005310 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5311 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5312 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005313 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005314 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005315
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005316 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5317 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5318 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5319 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5320 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5321 }
5322
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005323 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005324 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005325}
5326
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005327QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005328 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5329 return Context.DependentTy;
5330
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005331 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5332 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005333
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005334 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5335 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5336 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5337 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005338 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005339 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005340
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005341 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005342 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005343
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005344 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005345 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005346 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005347}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005348
5349static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5350 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5351 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5352 switch (Kind) {
5353 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005354 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5355 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005356 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5357 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5358 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5359 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5360 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5361 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5362 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5363 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5364 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5365 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5366 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5367 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5368 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5369 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5370 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5371 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5372 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5373 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5374 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5375 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5376 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5377 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5378 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5379 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5380 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5381 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5382 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5383 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5384 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5385 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5386 }
5387 return Opc;
5388}
5389
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005390static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5391 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5392 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5393 switch (Kind) {
5394 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5395 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5396 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5397 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5398 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5399 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5400 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5401 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5402 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005403 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5404 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005405 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005406 }
5407 return Opc;
5408}
5409
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005410/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5411/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5412/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005413Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5414 unsigned Op,
5415 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005416 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005417 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005418 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5419 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5420 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005421
5422 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005423 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5424 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5425 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005426 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5427 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5428 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5429 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5430 break;
5431 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005432 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5433 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5434 break;
5435 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5436 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5437 break;
5438 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5439 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5440 break;
5441 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5442 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5443 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005444 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005445 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5446 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5447 break;
5448 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5449 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5450 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5451 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005452 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005453 break;
5454 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5455 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005456 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005457 break;
5458 case BinaryOperator::And:
5459 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5460 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5461 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5462 break;
5463 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5464 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5465 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5466 break;
5467 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5468 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005469 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5470 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5471 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5472 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005473 break;
5474 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005475 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5476 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5477 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5478 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005479 break;
5480 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005481 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5482 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5483 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005484 break;
5485 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005486 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5487 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5488 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005489 break;
5490 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5491 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005492 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5493 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5494 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5495 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005496 break;
5497 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5498 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5499 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005500 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5501 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5502 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5503 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005504 break;
5505 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5506 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5507 break;
5508 }
5509 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005510 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005511 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005512 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5513 else
5514 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005515 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5516 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005517}
5518
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005519/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5520/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005521static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5522 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5523 SourceRange ParenRange)
5524{
5525 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5526 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5527 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5528 // warning/error and return.
5529 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5530 return;
5531 }
5532
5533 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5534 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5535 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5536}
5537
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005538/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5539/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5540/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5541/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005542static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5543 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005544 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5545 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5546 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5547 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005548 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005549 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005550 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5551
5552 // Subs are not binary operators.
5553 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5554 return;
5555
5556 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5557 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005558 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5559 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005560 return;
5561
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005562 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005563 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5564 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005565 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5566 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5567 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5568 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005569 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5570 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005571 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5572 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5573 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005574}
5575
5576/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5577/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5578/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5579static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5580 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005581 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005582 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5583}
5584
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005585// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005586Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5587 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5588 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005589 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005590 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005591
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005592 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5593 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005594
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005595 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5596 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5597
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005598 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
5599}
5600
5601Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5602 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5603 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005604 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005605 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005606 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5607 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5608 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5609 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5610 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005611 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005612 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5613 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005614 if (S)
5615 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5616 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005617 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005618 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005619 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005620 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005621 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005622
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005623 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5624 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005625 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005626 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005627
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005628 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005629 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005630}
5631
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005632Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005633 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005634 ExprArg InputArg) {
5635 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005636
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005637 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005638 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005639 QualType resultType;
5640 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005641 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5642 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5643 break;
5644
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005645 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5646 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005647 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5648 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005649 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005650 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5651 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005652 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005653 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005654 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005655 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005656 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005657 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005658 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005659 break;
5660 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5661 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005662 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5663 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005664 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5665 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005666 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5667 break;
5668 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5669 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5670 break;
5671 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5672 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5673 resultType->isPointerType())
5674 break;
5675
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005676 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5677 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005678 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005679 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5680 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005681 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5682 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005683 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5684 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5685 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005686 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005687 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005688 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005689 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5690 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005691 break;
5692 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005693 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005694 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5695 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005696 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5697 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005698 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005699 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5700 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005701 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005702 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5703 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005704 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005705 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005706 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005707 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005708 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005709 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005710 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005711 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005712 }
5713 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005714 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005715
5716 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005717 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005718}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005719
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005720Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5721 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5722 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005723 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00005724 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
5725 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005726 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5727 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5728 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5729 // the arguments.
5730 FunctionSet Functions;
5731 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5732 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005733 if (S)
5734 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5735 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005736 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005737 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005738 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005739 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005740
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005741 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5742 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005743
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005744 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5745}
5746
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005747// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5748Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5749 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5750 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
5751}
5752
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005753/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005754Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5755 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5756 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005757 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005758 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005759
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005760 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5761 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005762 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005763 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005764
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005765 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005766 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5767 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005768}
5769
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005770Sema::OwningExprResult
5771Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5772 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5773 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005774 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5775 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5776
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005777 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005778 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005779 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005780
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005781 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5782 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5783 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005784
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005785 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5786 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5787 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005788
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005789 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5790 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5791 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5792 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5793 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005794
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005795 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005796 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005797 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005798
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005799 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5800 // expressions are not lvalues.
5801
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005802 substmt.release();
5803 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005804}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005805
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005806Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5807 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5808 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5809 TypeTy *argty,
5810 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5811 unsigned NumComponents,
5812 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5813 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5814 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005815 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5816 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005817 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005818
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005819 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5820
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005821 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5822 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5823 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005824 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005825 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005826
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005827 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5828 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005829
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005830 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5831 // the offsetof designators.
5832 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5833 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005834 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005835 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005836
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005837 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5838 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005839 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5840 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005841 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005842 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5843 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005844
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005845 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005846 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005847
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00005848 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
5849 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
5850 return ExprError();
5851
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005852 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5853 // leaks like a sieve.
5854 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5855 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5856 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5857 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5858 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5859 if (!AT) {
5860 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005861 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5862 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005863 }
5864
5865 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5866
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005867 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5868 // expression.
5869 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5870
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005871 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5872 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005873 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005874 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005875 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005876 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005877 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005878
5879 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5880 OC.LocEnd);
5881 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005882 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005883
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005884 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005885 if (!RC) {
5886 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005887 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5888 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005889 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005890
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005891 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5892 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005893 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005894 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005895 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5896 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5897 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005898 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5899 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005900 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005901
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005902 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
5903 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005904
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005905 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005906 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005907 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005908 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005909 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5910 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005911
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005912 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5913 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005914 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005915 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00005916 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005917 } else {
5918 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5919 // doesn't matter here.
5920 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5921 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5922 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005923 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005924 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005925
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005926 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5927 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005928}
5929
5930
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005931Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5932 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5933 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005934 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5935 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5936 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005937
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005938 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005939
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005940 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5941 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5942 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5943 return ExprError();
5944 }
5945
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005946 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5947 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005948}
5949
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005950Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5951 ExprArg cond,
5952 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5953 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5954 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5955 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5956 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005957
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005958 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5959
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005960 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005961 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005962 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005963 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005964 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005965 } else {
5966 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5967 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5968 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5969 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005970 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5971 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5972 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005973
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005974 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5975 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005976 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5977 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005978 }
5979
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005980 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5981 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005982 resType, RPLoc,
5983 resType->isDependentType(),
5984 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005985}
5986
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005987//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5988// Clang Extensions.
5989//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5990
5991/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005992void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005993 // Analyze block parameters.
5994 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005995
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005996 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5997 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5998 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005999
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006000 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006001 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00006002 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00006003 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006004 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6005 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006006
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006007 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006008 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006009}
6010
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006011void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006012 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006013
6014 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6015 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006016 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006017 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6018
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006019 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6020 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6021 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6022 return;
6023 }
6024
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006025 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6026 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6027 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6028
6029 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6030 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006031 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006032 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006033 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006034 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006035 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6036 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006037 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006038
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006039 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6040 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6041 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6042 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6043 return;
6044 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006045 return;
6046 }
6047
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006048 // Analyze arguments to block.
6049 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6050 "Not a function declarator!");
6051 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006052
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006053 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6054 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006055
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006056 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6057 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6058 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6059 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006060 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6061 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006062 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006063 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006064 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6065 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006066 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006067 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006068 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006069 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006070 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006071 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006072 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006073 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6074 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6075 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6076 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6077 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006078
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006079 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006080 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006081 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006082 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006083 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006084 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6085 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006086
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006087 // Analyze the return type.
6088 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006089 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006090
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006091 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6092 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6093 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6094 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6095 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006096 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006097}
6098
6099/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6100/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6101void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6102 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6103 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006104
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006105 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6106
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006107 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006108 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006109 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006110 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006111}
6112
6113/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6114/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006115Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6116 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006117 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6118 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6119 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006120
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006121 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6122 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006123
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006124 PopDeclContext();
6125
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006126 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6127 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006128
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006129 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006130 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6131 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006132
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006133 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6134 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6135 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006136
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006137 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006138 QualType BlockTy;
6139 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006140 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6141 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006142 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006143 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006144 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6145 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006146
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006147 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006148 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006149 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006150
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006151 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6152 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6153 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6154 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006155
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006156 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006157 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006158 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6159 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006160}
6161
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006162Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6163 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6164 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006165 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006166 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6167 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006168
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006169 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006170
6171 // Get the va_list type
6172 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006173 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6174 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6175 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6176 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006177 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006178 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6179 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6180 } else {
6181 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6182 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006183 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006184 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006185 return ExprError();
6186 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006187
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006188 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6189 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006190 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6191 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006192 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006193 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006194
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006195 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006196 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006197
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006198 expr.release();
6199 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6200 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006201}
6202
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006203Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006204 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6205 // pointers on the target.
6206 QualType Ty;
6207 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6208 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6209 else
6210 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6211
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006212 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006213}
6214
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006215static void
6216MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6217 QualType DstType,
6218 Expr *SrcExpr,
6219 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6220 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6221 return;
6222
6223 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6224 if (!PT)
6225 return;
6226
6227 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6228 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6229 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6230 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6231 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6232 return;
6233 }
6234
6235 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6236 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6237 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6238 return;
6239
6240 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6241}
6242
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006243bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6244 SourceLocation Loc,
6245 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6246 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6247 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6248 bool isInvalid = false;
6249 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006250 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6251
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006252 switch (ConvTy) {
6253 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6254 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006255 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006256 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6257 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006258 case IntToPointer:
6259 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6260 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006261 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006262 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006263 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6264 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006265 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6266 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6267 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006268 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6269 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6270 break;
6271 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006272 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6273 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6274 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6275 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6276 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6277 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6278 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6279 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6280 // C++ semantics.
6281 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6282 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6283 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006284 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6285 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006286 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006287 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006288 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006289 case IntToBlockPointer:
6290 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6291 break;
6292 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006293 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006294 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006295 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006296 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006297 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6298 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6299 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006300 case IncompatibleVectors:
6301 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6302 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006303 case Incompatible:
6304 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6305 isInvalid = true;
6306 break;
6307 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006308
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006309 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006310 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006311 return isInvalid;
6312}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006313
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006314bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006315 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6316 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6317 if (Result)
6318 *Result = ICEResult;
6319 return false;
6320 }
6321
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006322 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6323
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006324 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006325 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6326 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6327
6328 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6329 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6330 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6331 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6332 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6333 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6334 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006335
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006336 return true;
6337 }
6338
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006339 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6340 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006341
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006342 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6343 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6344 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006345
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006346 if (Result)
6347 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6348 return false;
6349}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006350
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006351Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6352Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006353 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6354 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6355 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006356
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006357 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6358 return NewContext;
6359}
6360
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006361void
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006362Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6363 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6364 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6365
6366 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6367 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6368 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6369 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6370 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6371 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6372 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006373
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006374 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6375 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6376 I != IEnd; ++I)
6377 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6378 }
6379}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006380
6381/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6382///
6383/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6384/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6385/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6386/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6387///
6388/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6389///
6390/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6391void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6392 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006393
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006394 if (D->isUsed())
6395 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006396
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006397 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6398 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6399 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6400 // -Wunused-parameters)
6401 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6402 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006403 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006404
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006405 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6406 // an instantiation.
6407 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6408 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006409
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006410 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6411 case Unevaluated:
6412 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6413 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006414
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006415 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6416 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6417 // "used"; handle this below.
6418 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006419
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006420 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6421 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6422 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6423 // potentially evaluated.
6424 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6425 return;
6426 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006427
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006428 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006429 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006430 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006431 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6432 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6433 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006434 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006435 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006436 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6437 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6438 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006439 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6440 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6441 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006442
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006443 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6444 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6445 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6446 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6447 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6448 }
6449 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006450 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006451 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006452 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006453 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006454 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6455 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6456 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6457 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6458 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006459 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6460 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006461 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6462 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6463 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6464 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6465 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006466 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6467 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006468 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6469 }
6470
6471 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6472 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6473 }
6474
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006475 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006476 Function->setUsed(true);
6477 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006478 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006479
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006480 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006481 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006482 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006483 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6484 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6485 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6486 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6487 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6488 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6489 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6490 }
6491 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006492
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006493 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006494
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006495 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006496 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006497 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006498}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006499
6500bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6501 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6502 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6503 return false;
6504
6505 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6506 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6507 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6508 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6509
6510 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6511 FD ?
6512 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6513 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6514 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6515 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6516 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6517 return true;
6518
6519 return false;
6520}
6521
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006522// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6523// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6524void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6525 SourceLocation Loc;
6526
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006527 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
6528
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006529 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6530 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6531 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6532 return;
6533
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006534 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
6535 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
6536 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
6537 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
6538
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006539 // self = [<foo> init...]
6540 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
6541 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
6542 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6543
6544 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
6545 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
6546 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
6547 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6548 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006549
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006550 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6551 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6552 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6553 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6554 return;
6555
6556 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6557 } else {
6558 // Not an assignment.
6559 return;
6560 }
6561
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006562 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006563 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006564
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006565 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006566 << E->getSourceRange()
6567 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6568 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6569}
6570
6571bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6572 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6573
6574 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6575 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6576
6577 QualType T = E->getType();
6578
6579 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6580 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6581 return true;
6582 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6583 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6584 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6585 return true;
6586 }
6587 }
6588
6589 return false;
6590}